mirror of
https://github.com/GrammaticalFramework/gf-core.git
synced 2026-05-22 17:42:51 -06:00
adjustments in Paradigms ; lang-specific modules for all except Rus, Ara
This commit is contained in:
aarne
@@ -1,8 +1,13 @@
|
||||
GF=../../bin/gf
|
||||
GF=gf
|
||||
RTS=+RTS -M800M -K100M
|
||||
GFCC=$(GF) -nocf -make
|
||||
GFC=$(GFCC) -src
|
||||
GFCP=$(GFC) -preproc=./mkPresent
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: show-path all test pretest langs present mathematical multimodal compiled treebank stat gfdoc clean
|
||||
|
||||
all: show-path langs multimodal present mathematical compiled
|
||||
.PHONY: show-path all test alltenses pretest langs present mathematical multimodal compiled treebank stat gfdoc clean
|
||||
|
||||
all: show-path present alltenses langs multimodal mathematical compiled
|
||||
|
||||
show-path:
|
||||
@echo GF_LIB_PATH=$(GF_LIB_PATH)
|
||||
@@ -13,13 +18,36 @@ test:
|
||||
pretest:
|
||||
echo "gr -cat=Cl -number=11 -prob | tb" | $(GF) -probs=lang.gfprob -path=present:prelude -nocf ../present/Lang???.gfc
|
||||
|
||||
langs:
|
||||
echo "s ;; pm | wf langs.gfcm" | $(GF) -nocf -src */Lang??*.gf english/LangEng.gf +RTS -M800M -K100M
|
||||
alltenses:
|
||||
# $(GFC) arabic/LangAra.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) danish/Danish.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) english/English.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) finnish/Finnish.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) french/French.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) german/German.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) italian/Italian.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) norwegian/Norwegian.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) russian/LangRus.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) spanish/Spanish.gf
|
||||
$(GFC) swedish/Swedish.gf
|
||||
cp -p */*.gfc */*.gfr ../alltenses
|
||||
|
||||
langs:
|
||||
echo "s ;; pm | wf langs.gfcm" | $(GFCC) -path=alltenses:prelude ../alltenses/Lang???.gfc $(RTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
present:
|
||||
chmod u+x mkPresent
|
||||
$(GF) -make -src -preproc=./mkPresent */Lang??*.gf +RTS -M800M -K100M
|
||||
# $(GFCP) arabic/LangAra.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) danish/Danish.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) english/English.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) finnish/Finnish.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) french/French.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) german/German.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) italian/Italian.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) norwegian/Norwegian.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) russian/LangRus.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) spanish/Spanish.gf
|
||||
$(GFCP) swedish/Swedish.gf
|
||||
mv */*.gfc */*.gfr ../present
|
||||
|
||||
mathematical:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
--1 Arabic Lexical Paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
-- Ali El Dada 2005--2006
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- This is an API to the user of the resource grammar
|
||||
-- for adding lexical items. It gives functions for forming
|
||||
|
||||
7
lib/resource-1.0/danish/Danish.gf
Normal file
7
lib/resource-1.0/danish/Danish.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../scandinavian:../abstract:../common:prelude
|
||||
|
||||
concrete Danish of DanishAbs =
|
||||
LangDan,
|
||||
IrregDan - [fly_V],
|
||||
ExtraDan
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
5
lib/resource-1.0/danish/DanishAbs.gf
Normal file
5
lib/resource-1.0/danish/DanishAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
abstract DanishAbs =
|
||||
Lang,
|
||||
IrregDanAbs - [fly_V],
|
||||
ExtraDanAbs
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
3
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraDan.gf
Normal file
3
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraDan.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraDan of ExtraDanAbs = ExtraScandDan ** open CommonScand, ResDan in {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
7
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraDanAbs.gf
Normal file
7
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraDanAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
-- Structures special for Danish. These are not implemented in other
|
||||
-- Scandinavian languages.
|
||||
|
||||
abstract ExtraDanAbs = ExtraScandAbs ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
2
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraScandDan.gf
Normal file
2
lib/resource-1.0/danish/ExtraScandDan.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraScandDan of ExtraScandAbs = CatDan ** ExtraScand with
|
||||
(ResScand = ResDan) ;
|
||||
@@ -10,18 +10,18 @@ flags startcat=Phr ; lexer=textlit ; unlexer=text ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
airplane_N = mk2N "fly" "flyet" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svare") "til" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svare") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
apartment_N = mk2N "værelse" "værelsen" ;
|
||||
apple_N = mk3N "æble" "æblet" "æbler" ;
|
||||
art_N = mk2N "kunst" "kunsten" ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q spørge_V [] ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q spørge_V noPrep ;
|
||||
baby_N = mk2N "baby" "babyen" ; ---- babyen
|
||||
bad_A = regADeg "dårlig" ; ----
|
||||
bank_N = mk2N "bank" "banken" ;
|
||||
beautiful_A = mk3ADeg "smuk" "smukt" "smukke" ; ----
|
||||
become_VA = mkVA blive_V ;
|
||||
beer_N = mk2N "øl" "ølet" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V bede_V [] "at" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V bede_V noPrep (mkPrep "at") ;
|
||||
big_A = irregADeg "stor" "større" "størst";
|
||||
bike_N = mkN "cykel" "cykeln" "cykler" "cyklerne" ; ----
|
||||
bird_N = mk2N "fugl" "fuglen" ;
|
||||
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ lin
|
||||
bread_N = mk2N "brød" "brødet" ;
|
||||
break_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "knuse" "knuste") ;
|
||||
broad_A = regADeg "bred" ;
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 (mk3N "broder" "brodren" "brødre") "til" ; ----
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 (mk3N "broder" "brodren" "brødre") (mkPrep "til") ; ----
|
||||
brown_A = regADeg "brun" ;
|
||||
butter_N = mk2N "smør" "smøret" ;
|
||||
buy_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "købe" "købte") ; ----
|
||||
@@ -62,17 +62,17 @@ lin
|
||||
cow_N = mk2N "ku" "kuen" ; ----
|
||||
die_V = vaereV dø_V ;
|
||||
dirty_A = regADeg "smudsig" ; ----
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regGenN "afstand" utrum) "fra" "til" ;
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regGenN "afstand" utrum) (mkPrep "fra") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
doctor_N = mk2N "læge" "lægen" ;
|
||||
dog_N = mk2N "hund" "hunden" ;
|
||||
door_N = mk2N "dør" "døren" ;
|
||||
drink_V2 = dirV2 drikke_V ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "nem") "for" ; ----
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "nem") (mkPrep "for") ; ----
|
||||
eat_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "spise" "spiste") ;
|
||||
empty_A = mkADeg "tøm" "tømt" "tømme" "tømmere" "tømmest" ; ----
|
||||
enemy_N = mk2N "fjende" "fjenden" ;
|
||||
factory_N = mk2N "fabrik" "fabriken" ;
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ( (mk3N "far" "fadren" "fædre")) "til" ; ----
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ( (mk3N "far" "fadren" "fædre")) (mkPrep "til") ; ----
|
||||
fear_VS = mkVS (regV "frygte") ;
|
||||
find_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "finde" "fand" "fundet") ; ----
|
||||
fish_N = mk2N "fisk" "fisken" ;
|
||||
@@ -109,19 +109,19 @@ lin
|
||||
learn_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "lære" "lærte") ;
|
||||
leather_N = mk2N "læder" "lædret" ;
|
||||
leave_V2 = dirV2 forlade_V ;
|
||||
like_V2 = mkV2 holde_V "af" ;
|
||||
like_V2 = mkV2 holde_V (mkPrep "af") ;
|
||||
listen_V2 = dirV2 (regV "lytte") ;
|
||||
live_V = mk2V "leve" "levde" ;
|
||||
long_A = irregADeg "lang" "længere" "længst" ; ----
|
||||
lose_V2 = dirV2 (regV "tabe") ;
|
||||
love_N = mk2N "kærlighed" "kærligheden" ;
|
||||
love_V2 = dirV2 (regV "elske") ;
|
||||
man_N = mk3N "mand" "manden" "mænd" ; ----
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") "med" ;
|
||||
man_N = mkN "mand" "manden" "mænd" "mændene" ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") (mkPrep "med") ;
|
||||
meat_N = mk2N "kød" "kødet" ;
|
||||
milk_N = mk2N "mælk" "mælken" ;
|
||||
moon_N = mk2N "måne" "månen" ;
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "moder" "moderen" "mødre" "mødrene") "til" ; ----
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "moder" "moderen" "mødre" "mødrene") (mkPrep "til") ; ----
|
||||
mountain_N = mk2N "bjerg" "bjerget" ;
|
||||
music_N = mk2N "musik" "musiken" ;
|
||||
narrow_A = regADeg "smal" ;
|
||||
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ lin
|
||||
oil_N = mk2N "olie" "olien" ;
|
||||
old_A = mkADeg "gammel" "gammelt" "gamle" "ældre" "ældst" ; ----
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (regV "åbne") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "male") [] ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "male") noPrep ;
|
||||
paper_N = mk2N "papir" "papiret" ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
paris_PN = mkPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
peace_N = mk2N "fred" "freden" ;
|
||||
pen_N = mk2N "pen" "penen" ;
|
||||
planet_N = mk2N "planet" "planeten" ;
|
||||
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ lin
|
||||
science_N = mk2N "videnskab" "videnskaben" ;
|
||||
sea_N = mk2N "hav" "havet" ;
|
||||
see_V2 = dirV2 se_V ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "søge" "søgte") "efter" ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 sælge_V "til" ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (mk2V "sende" "sendte") "til" ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "søge" "søgte") (mkPrep "efter") ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 sælge_V (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (mk2V "sende" "sendte") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
sheep_N = mk2N "får" "fåret" ;
|
||||
ship_N = mk2N "skib" "skibet" ;
|
||||
shirt_N = mk2N "skjorte" "skjorten" ;
|
||||
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ lin
|
||||
switch8off_V2 = dirV2 (partV (regV "lukke") "for") ;
|
||||
switch8on_V2 = dirV2 (partV (regV "lukke") "op") ;
|
||||
table_N = mk2N "bord" "bordet" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "tale") "til" "om" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "tale") (mkPrep "til") (mkPrep "om") ;
|
||||
teacher_N = mkN "lærer" "læreren" "lærere" "lærerne" ;
|
||||
teach_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "undervise" "underviste") ;
|
||||
television_N = mk2N "fjernsyn" "fjernsynet" ;
|
||||
@@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ lin
|
||||
understand_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "forstå" "forstod" "forstått") ;
|
||||
university_N = mk2N "universitet" "universitetet" ;
|
||||
village_N = mk2N "landsby" "landsbyen" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vente") "på" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vente") (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
walk_V = vaereV gå_V ;
|
||||
warm_A = regADeg "varm" ;
|
||||
war_N = mk2N "krig" "krigen" ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 se_V "på" ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 se_V (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
water_N = mk2N "vand" "vandet" ;
|
||||
white_A = regADeg "hvid" ;
|
||||
window_N = mkN "vindue" "vinduet" "vinduer" "vinduene" ; ---- er?
|
||||
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ lin
|
||||
now_Adv = mkAdv "nu" ;
|
||||
already_Adv = mkAdv "allerede" ;
|
||||
song_N = mk2N "sang" "sangen" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (regV "tilføje") [] "til" ; ----
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (regV "tilføje") noPrep (mkPrep "til") ; ----
|
||||
number_N = mk2N "nummer" "numret" ; ----
|
||||
put_V2 = dirV2 sætte_V ;
|
||||
stop_V = vaereV (regV "standse") ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,8 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -100,19 +101,20 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("daughter of x") need a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common preposition is "av", and the following is a
|
||||
-- shortcut for regular, $nonhuman$ relational nouns with "av".
|
||||
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> Gender -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPreposition$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPrep$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- form other prepositions.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("the connection from x to y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("the connection from x to y")
|
||||
-- need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +129,8 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Paris neutrum
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum gender
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. "Bank".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +159,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Comparison adjectives may need as many as five forms.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -194,11 +197,6 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Prepositions
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -249,7 +247,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -258,8 +256,8 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Str -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
@@ -269,18 +267,18 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -290,12 +288,13 @@ oper
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Definitions of the paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoDan.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoDan.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -307,6 +306,14 @@ oper
|
||||
nominative = Nom ;
|
||||
genitive = Gen ;
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ; -- obsolete
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Prep ; -- obsolete
|
||||
mkPreposition = mkPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; lock_Prep = <>} ;
|
||||
noPrep = mkPrep [] ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN x y z u = mkSubstantive x y z u ** {g = extNGen y ; lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regN x = regGenN x Utr ;
|
||||
@@ -330,11 +337,12 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mk3N x y z = let u = ifTok Str x z "ene" "ne" in mkN x y z (z + u) ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p.s} ;
|
||||
regN2 n g = mkN2 (regGenN n g) (mkPreposition "av") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN n = mkPN n utrum ;
|
||||
nounPN n = {s = n.s ! singular ! Indef ; g = n.g ; lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x y n g =
|
||||
{s = table {NPPoss _ => x ; _ => y} ; a = agrP3 g n ;
|
||||
@@ -344,7 +352,7 @@ oper
|
||||
mk2A a b = mkA a b (a + "e") ;
|
||||
regA a = (regADeg a) ** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkADeg a b c d e = mkAdject a b c d e ** {isComp = False ; lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -368,8 +376,6 @@ oper
|
||||
mkAdV x = ss x ** {lock_AdV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdA x = ss x ** {lock_AdA = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition p = p ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV a b c d e f = mkVerb6 a b c d e f **
|
||||
{part = [] ; vtype = VAct ; lock_V = <> ; isVaere = False} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -418,12 +424,12 @@ oper
|
||||
s = v.s ; part = v.part ; vtype = VRefl ; isVaere = False ; lock_V = <>
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v (mkPrep []) ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p ; c3 = q ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v [] p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v noPrep p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 v = v ** {lock_V0 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVS v = v ** {lock_VS = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Adjectives and adjectival phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Adjective: Adjectives and Adjectival Phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adjectives and adjectival phrases</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adjective: Adjectives and Adjectival Phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:38 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Adjectives and adjectival phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Adjectives and adjectival phrases</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Adjective = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Adverbs and adverbial phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Adverb: Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adverbs and adverbial phrases</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Adverb: Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:38 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Adverbs and adverbial phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Adverbs and adverbial phrases</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Adverb = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,31 +2,27 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The category system</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Cat: the Category System</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The category system</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Cat: the Category System</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:38 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The category system</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Sentences and clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Questions and interrogatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relative clauses and pronouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Adjectival phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Nouns and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Numerals</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Structural words</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Words of open classes</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Sentences and clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Questions and interrogatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Relative clauses and pronouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adjectival phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Nouns and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Numerals</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Structural words</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Words of open classes</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -36,8 +32,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The category system</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The category system is central to the library in the sense
|
||||
that the other modules (<CODE>Adjective</CODE>, <CODE>Adverb</CODE>, <CODE>Noun</CODE>, <CODE>Verb</CODE> etc)
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +58,7 @@ are defined on <CODE>Conjunction</CODE> and only used locally there.
|
||||
cat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentences and clauses</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Sentence.html">Sentence</A>, and also in
|
||||
@@ -79,7 +73,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Sentence.html">Sentence</A>, and also in
|
||||
Imp ; -- imperative e.g. "look at this"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Questions and interrogatives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Question.html">Question</A>.
|
||||
@@ -91,7 +85,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Question.html">Question</A>.
|
||||
IDet ; -- interrogative determiner e.g. "which"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Relative clauses and pronouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Relative.html">Relative</A>.
|
||||
@@ -101,7 +95,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Relative.html">Relative</A>.
|
||||
RP ; -- relative pronoun e.g. "in which"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verb phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Verb.html">Verb</A>.
|
||||
@@ -111,7 +105,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Verb.html">Verb</A>.
|
||||
Comp ; -- complement of copula, such as AP e.g. "very warm"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectival phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Adjective.html">Adjective</A>.
|
||||
@@ -120,7 +114,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Adjective.html">Adjective</A>.
|
||||
AP ; -- adjectival phrase e.g. "very warm"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns and noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Noun.html">Noun</A>.
|
||||
@@ -147,7 +141,7 @@ as defined in <A HREF="Noun.html">Noun</A>.
|
||||
Ord ; -- ordinal number (used in Det) e.g. "seventh"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Numerals</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Numeral.html">Numeral</A>.
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +150,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Numeral.html">Numeral</A>.
|
||||
Numeral;-- cardinal or ordinal, e.g. "five/fifth"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Structural words</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
@@ -168,7 +162,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
Prep ; -- preposition, or just case e.g. "in"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Words of open classes</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are constructed in <A HREF="Lexicon.html">Lexicon</A> and in
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,25 +2,21 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Infrastructure with common implementations.</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Common: Structures with Common Implementations.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Infrastructure with common implementations.</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Common: Structures with Common Implementations.</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:38 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Infrastructure with common implementations.</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Top-level units</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Tense, polarity, and anteriority</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Top-level units</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Tense, polarity, and anteriority</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -30,8 +26,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Infrastructure with common implementations.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module defines the categories that uniformly have the linearization
|
||||
<CODE>{s : Str}</CODE> in all languages.
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +42,7 @@ Romance languages.
|
||||
cat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Top-level units</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Text.html">Text</A>: <CODE>Text</CODE>.
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +68,7 @@ Constructed in <A HREF="Sentence.html">Sentence</A>:
|
||||
SC ; -- embedded sentence or question e.g. "that it rains"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Constructed in <A HREF="Adverb.html">Adverb</A>.
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +83,7 @@ Many adverbs are constructed in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
CAdv ; -- comparative adverb e.g. "more"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Tense, polarity, and anteriority</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Tense ; -- tense: present, past, future, conditional
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,25 +2,21 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Coordination</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Conjunction: Coordination</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Coordination</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Conjunction: Coordination</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:39 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Coordination</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Categories</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">List constructors</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Categories</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">List constructors</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -30,8 +26,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Coordination</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Coordination is defined for many different categories; here is
|
||||
a sample. The rules apply to <B>lists</B> of two or more elements,
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +45,7 @@ compatibility with API 0.9 is needed, use
|
||||
abstract Conjunction = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Rules</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
@@ -66,7 +60,7 @@ compatibility with API 0.9 is needed, use
|
||||
DConjAdv : DConj -> [Adv] -> Adv; -- "both badly and slowly"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Categories</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These categories are only used in this module.
|
||||
@@ -79,7 +73,7 @@ These categories are only used in this module.
|
||||
[AP]{2} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>List constructors</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The list constructors are derived from the list notation and therefore
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Grammar: the Main Module of the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Grammar: the Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:39 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar a collection of the different grammar modules,
|
||||
To test the resource, import <A HREF="Lang.html">Lang</A>, which also contains
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Idiomatic expressions</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Idiom: Idiomatic Expressions</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Idiomatic expressions</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Idiom: Idiomatic Expressions</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:39 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Idiomatic expressions</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Idiomatic expressions</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Idiom = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Lang: a Test Module for the Resource Grammar</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Lang: a Test Module for the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:40 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,12 +20,10 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The Main Module of the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar is just a collection of the different modules,
|
||||
and the one that can be imported when one wants to test the
|
||||
grammar. A module without a lexicon is <A HREF="Grammar.html">Grammar</A>,
|
||||
This grammar is for testing the resource as included in the
|
||||
language-independent API, consisting of a grammar and a lexicon.
|
||||
The grammar without a lexicon is <A HREF="Grammar.html">Grammar</A>,
|
||||
which may be more suitable to open in applications.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The Mathematics API to the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:44 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-28 09:26:58 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The Mathematics API to the Resource Grammar</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The Mathematics API to the Resource Grammar</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar is a collection of the different modules.
|
||||
It differs from <CODE>Lang</CODE> in two main ways:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Multimodal additions to the resource grammar library</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:44 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-05-24 15:08:56 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Multimodal additions to the resource grammar library</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Multimodal additions to the resource grammar library</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Multi = Lang ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,26 +2,22 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> The construction of nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Noun: Nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The construction of nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Noun: Nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:40 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The construction of nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Determiners</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Common nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Apposition</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Determiners</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Common nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Apposition</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -31,13 +27,11 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The construction of nouns, noun phrases, and determiners</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Noun = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The three main types of noun phrases are
|
||||
@@ -72,7 +66,7 @@ verb or by an adverb.
|
||||
AdvNP : NP -> Adv -> NP ; -- Paris at midnight
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Determiners</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The determiner has a fine-grained structure, in which a 'nucleus'
|
||||
@@ -166,7 +160,7 @@ in semantically odd expressions.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Other determiners are defined in <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Common nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Simple nouns can be used as nouns outright.
|
||||
@@ -212,7 +206,7 @@ to decide. Sentential complements are defined in <A HREF="Verb.html">Verb</A>.
|
||||
SentCN : CN -> SC -> CN ; -- fact that John smokes, question if he does
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Apposition</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is certainly overgenerating.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Numerals</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:40 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-01-25 12:10:58 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Numerals</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Numerals</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This grammar defines numerals from 1 to 999999.
|
||||
The implementations are adapted from the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,64 +2,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Danish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Danish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 14:44:29 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Danish Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Verbs with a particle</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Deponent verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc17">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc18">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Deponent verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc19">Definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:42 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../scandinavian:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Danish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +83,7 @@ words.
|
||||
CatDan in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -134,10 +120,11 @@ To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
@@ -180,19 +167,19 @@ indefinite
|
||||
mk3N : (bil,bilen,biler : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fotboll</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -204,17 +191,18 @@ shortcut for regular, <CODE>nonhuman</CODE> relational nouns with <I>av</I>.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPreposition</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>)
|
||||
need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -222,13 +210,14 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Paris neutrum
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum gender
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -246,7 +235,7 @@ genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need three forms:
|
||||
@@ -269,13 +258,13 @@ In most cases, two forms are enough.
|
||||
mk2A : (stor,stort : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -316,7 +305,7 @@ long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ; -- -/mer/mest norsk
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -334,16 +323,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs six forms.
|
||||
@@ -374,7 +354,7 @@ In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
irregV : (drikke, drakk, drukket : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>være</I>.
|
||||
@@ -383,7 +363,7 @@ By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>v
|
||||
vaereV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
@@ -392,7 +372,7 @@ The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>hoppas</I>, some as
|
||||
@@ -403,31 +383,31 @@ reflexive e.g. <I>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc17"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Str -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc18"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -436,18 +416,18 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -461,12 +441,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc19"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc danish/ParadigmsDan.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,63 +2,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> English Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> English Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 16:21:43 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">English Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Reflexive verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc17">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Reflexive verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc18">Definitions of paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:42 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../abstract:../../prelude:../common
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>English Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +84,7 @@ The following modules are presupposed:
|
||||
in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -133,12 +120,9 @@ To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Prepositions are used in many-argument functions for rection.
|
||||
The resource category <CODE>Prep</CODE> is used.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms and the semantic gender.
|
||||
@@ -172,7 +156,7 @@ function:
|
||||
genderN : Gender -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A compound noun ia an uninflected string attached to an inflected noun,
|
||||
@@ -182,13 +166,13 @@ such as <I>baby boom</I>, <I>chief executive officer</I>.
|
||||
compoundN : Str -> N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -200,34 +184,35 @@ shortcut for regular relational nouns with <I>of</I>.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPreposition</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +230,7 @@ genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need two forms: one for
|
||||
@@ -263,13 +248,13 @@ even for cases with the variation <I>happy - happily</I>.
|
||||
regA : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -313,7 +298,7 @@ From a given <CODE>ADeg</CODE>, it is possible to get back to <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
adegA : ADeg -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -331,21 +316,21 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition as used for rection in the lexicon, as well as to
|
||||
build <CODE>PP</CODE>s in the resource API, just requires a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
(These two functions are synonyms.)
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Except for <I>be</I>, the worst case needs five forms: the infinitive and
|
||||
@@ -384,7 +369,7 @@ duplication in the present participle.
|
||||
irregDuplV : (get, got, gotten : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
@@ -393,7 +378,7 @@ The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Reflexive verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, verbs are not reflexive; this function makes them that.
|
||||
@@ -402,31 +387,31 @@ By default, verbs are not reflexive; this function makes them that.
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc17"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -435,18 +420,18 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -460,12 +445,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc18"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc english/ParadigmsEng.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,48 +2,36 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Finnish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Finnish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 15:06:49 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Finnish Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:42 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../abstract:../common:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Finnish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003--2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +77,7 @@ flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
flags optimize=noexpand ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender, number, and (some) case names,
|
||||
@@ -129,7 +117,7 @@ just a case, or a pre/postposition and a case.
|
||||
casePrep : Case -> Prep ; -- adessive
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case gives ten forms and the semantic gender.
|
||||
@@ -325,11 +313,12 @@ Proper names can be formed by using declensions for nouns.
|
||||
The plural forms are filtered away by the compiler.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
mkPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
mkNP : N -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives are just like nouns.
|
||||
@@ -361,7 +350,7 @@ The regular adjectives are based on <CODE>regN</CODE> in the positive.
|
||||
regA : (punainen : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The grammar does not cover the potential mood and some nominal
|
||||
@@ -467,7 +456,7 @@ But this is taken care of by <CODE>ClauseFin</CODE>.
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
@@ -479,7 +468,7 @@ the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- acc, allat
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -513,10 +502,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc finnish/ParadigmsFin.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,61 +2,48 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> French Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> French Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 15:08:18 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">French Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../romance:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>French Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -96,7 +83,7 @@ words.
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -126,16 +113,14 @@ amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>de</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>à</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give both two forms and the gender.
|
||||
@@ -165,7 +150,7 @@ Adding gender information widens the scope of the foregoing function.
|
||||
regGenN : Str -> Gender -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
@@ -177,13 +162,13 @@ they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>fille de x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -199,10 +184,10 @@ with the empty preposition.
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connection de x à y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -210,13 +195,15 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -227,7 +214,7 @@ you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need four forms in the worst
|
||||
@@ -258,16 +245,16 @@ provided.
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
@@ -293,7 +280,7 @@ provided.
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -317,7 +304,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Irregular verbs are given in the module <CODE>VerbsFre</CODE>.
|
||||
@@ -354,14 +341,14 @@ To change it to <I>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
@@ -373,19 +360,19 @@ You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -394,20 +381,20 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -421,12 +408,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc french/ParadigmsFre.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,55 +2,42 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> German Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> German Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 14:53:14 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">German Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Definitions of paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>German Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta & Harald Hammarström 2003--2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -86,7 +73,7 @@ words.
|
||||
in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -122,7 +109,7 @@ To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four singular forms, two plural forms (others + dative),
|
||||
@@ -172,7 +159,7 @@ Three-place relational nouns (<I>die Verbindung von x nach y</I>) need two prepo
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +170,7 @@ The regular genitive is <I>s</I>, omitted after <I>s</I>.
|
||||
regPN : (Johann : Str) -> PN ; -- Johann, Johanns ; Johannes, Johannes
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectives need three forms, one for each degree.
|
||||
@@ -214,7 +201,7 @@ Two-place adjectives are formed by adding a preposition to an adjective.
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are just strings.
|
||||
@@ -223,7 +210,7 @@ Adverbs are just strings.
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition is formed from a string and a case.
|
||||
@@ -249,7 +236,7 @@ A couple of common prepositions (always with the dative).
|
||||
zu_Prep : Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst-case constructor needs six forms:
|
||||
@@ -312,7 +299,7 @@ Reflexive verbs can take reflexive pronouns of different cases.
|
||||
reflV : V -> Case -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object
|
||||
@@ -325,7 +312,7 @@ Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object
|
||||
datV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
@@ -337,7 +324,7 @@ the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
accdatV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -371,12 +358,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc german/ParadigmsGer.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,61 +2,48 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Italian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Italian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 16:38:46 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Italian Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">The definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../romance:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Italian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +84,7 @@ words.
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -127,16 +114,16 @@ amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>de</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>à</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give both two forms and the gender.
|
||||
@@ -163,7 +150,7 @@ To force a different gender, use one of the following functions.
|
||||
femN : N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
@@ -175,13 +162,13 @@ they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>figlio di x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -197,10 +184,10 @@ with the empty preposition.
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connessione di x a y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -208,13 +195,14 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -225,7 +213,7 @@ you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need five forms in the worst
|
||||
@@ -253,16 +241,16 @@ provided.
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
@@ -288,7 +276,7 @@ with comparison by <I>plus</I>.
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -312,7 +300,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Regular verbs are ones with the infinitive <I>er</I> or <I>ir</I>, the
|
||||
@@ -343,14 +331,14 @@ Reflexive implies <I>essere</I>.
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
@@ -362,19 +350,19 @@ You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parlare, a, di
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- dare,_,a
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- dare,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -383,20 +371,20 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "voglio parlare"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "cerco di parlare"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "arrivo a parlare"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -410,12 +398,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H2>The definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc italian/ParadigmsIta.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,64 +2,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 15:58:53 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc17">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc18">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc19">Definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../scandinavian:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Norwegian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +83,7 @@ words.
|
||||
CatNor in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -135,10 +121,11 @@ To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
@@ -174,19 +161,19 @@ gender is computed from the definite form.
|
||||
mk2N : (bil,bilen : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fotboll</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -198,17 +185,17 @@ shortcut for regular, <CODE>nonhuman</CODE> relational nouns with <I>av</I>.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPreposition</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
Use the function <CODE>mkPrep</CODE> or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
form other prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -216,13 +203,14 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -240,7 +228,7 @@ genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need three forms:
|
||||
@@ -263,13 +251,13 @@ In most cases, two forms are enough.
|
||||
mk2A : (stor,stort : Str) -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -310,7 +298,7 @@ long adjective, the following pattern is used:
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ; -- -/mer/mest norsk
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -328,16 +316,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs six forms.
|
||||
@@ -368,7 +347,7 @@ In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
irregV : (drikke, drakk, drukket : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with //være// as auxiliary</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>være</I>.
|
||||
@@ -377,7 +356,7 @@ By default, the auxiliary is <I>have</I>. This function changes it to <I>v
|
||||
vaereV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
@@ -386,7 +365,7 @@ The particle, such as in <I>switch on</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>hoppas</I>, some as
|
||||
@@ -397,31 +376,31 @@ reflexive e.g. <I>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc17"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Str -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc18"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -430,18 +409,18 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -455,12 +434,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc19"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc norwegian/ParadigmsNor.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,45 +2,33 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Russian Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Russian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 16:42:18 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Russian Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Verbs</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../abstract:../../prelude:../common
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Russian Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Janna Khegai 2003--2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -82,7 +70,7 @@ The following modules are presupposed:
|
||||
flags coding=utf8 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -122,7 +110,7 @@ To abstract over number names, we define the following.
|
||||
plural : Number ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Best case: indeclinabe nouns: <I>кофе</I>, <I>пальто</I>, <I>ВУЗ</I>.
|
||||
@@ -221,6 +209,7 @@ Proper names.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> PN ; -- "Иван", "Маша"
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -233,7 +222,7 @@ On the top level, it is maybe <CODE>CN</CODE> that is used rather than <CODE>N</
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison (only positive degree) one-place adjectives need 28 (4 by 7)
|
||||
@@ -297,7 +286,7 @@ On top level, there are adjectival phrases. The most common case is
|
||||
just to use a one-place adjective.
|
||||
ap : A -> IsPostfixAdj -> AP ;
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -307,7 +296,7 @@ after the verb. Some can be preverbal (e.g. <I>always</I>).
|
||||
mkAdv : Str -> Adv ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In our lexicon description (<I>Verbum</I>) there are 62 forms:
|
||||
@@ -395,10 +384,6 @@ a particle can be included in a <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
tvDirDir : V -> V3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc russian/ParadigmsRus.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,61 +2,48 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Spanish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Spanish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 16:29:51 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Spanish Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Comparison adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">The definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:43 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../romance:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Spanish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -94,7 +81,7 @@ escape to construct the most irregular words of type <CODE>C</CODE>.
|
||||
flags optimize=all ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -124,16 +111,16 @@ amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' <I>de</I> and the
|
||||
'dative' <I>à</I>).
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: two forms (singular + plural),
|
||||
@@ -164,7 +151,7 @@ To force a different gender, use one of the following functions.
|
||||
femN : N -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some nouns are ones where the first part is inflected as a noun but
|
||||
@@ -176,13 +163,13 @@ they are frequent in lexica.
|
||||
compN : N -> Str -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>fille de x</I>) need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -198,10 +185,10 @@ with the empty preposition.
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>la connessione di x a y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -209,13 +196,14 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -226,7 +214,7 @@ you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Gender -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Non-comparison one-place adjectives need five forms in the worst
|
||||
@@ -255,16 +243,16 @@ provided.
|
||||
prefA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Comparison adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Comparison adjectives are in the worst case put up from two
|
||||
@@ -290,7 +278,7 @@ with comparison by <I>mas</I>.
|
||||
regADeg : Str -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -314,7 +302,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Regular verbs are ones inflected like <I>cortar</I>, <I>deber</I>, or <I>vivir</I>.
|
||||
@@ -350,14 +338,14 @@ in masculine singular form as second argument.
|
||||
special_ppV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
@@ -369,19 +357,19 @@ You can reuse a <CODE>V2</CODE> verb in <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
v2V : V2 -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -390,20 +378,20 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -417,12 +405,6 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H2>The definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
hidden from the document.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- html code generated by txt2tags 2.3 (http://txt2tags.sf.net) -->
|
||||
<!-- cmdline: txt2tags -thtml -\-toc spanish/ParadigmsSpa.txt -->
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,63 +2,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Swedish Lexical Paradigms</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Swedish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 16:03:55 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Swedish Lexical Paradigms</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Parameters</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Nouns</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Compound nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Relational nouns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Relational common noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Proper names and noun phrases</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Adjectives</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Two-place adjectives</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Prepositions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc9">Adverbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc10">Verbs</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc17">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc11">Verbs with a particle.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc12">Deponent verbs.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc13">Two-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc14">Three-place verbs</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc15">Other complement patterns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc18">Definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc16">Definitions of the paradigms</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:44 2006
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
# -path=.:../scandinavian:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Swedish Lexical Paradigms</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Aarne Ranta 2003
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -96,7 +83,7 @@ words.
|
||||
CatSwe in {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Parameters</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To abstract over gender names, we define the following identifiers.
|
||||
@@ -133,10 +120,11 @@ To abstract over case names, we define the following.
|
||||
Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Nouns</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Worst case: give all four forms. The gender is computed from the
|
||||
@@ -179,19 +167,19 @@ It does not work if there are changes in the stem.
|
||||
mk1N : (bilarna : Str) -> N ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Compound nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
All the functions above work quite as well to form compound nouns,
|
||||
such as <I>fotboll</I>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational nouns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Relational nouns (<I>daughter of x</I>) need a preposition.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -210,10 +198,10 @@ form other prepositions.
|
||||
Three-place relational nouns (<I>the connection from x to y</I>) need two prepositions.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Relational common noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In some cases, you may want to make a complex <CODE>CN</CODE> into a
|
||||
@@ -221,13 +209,14 @@ relational noun (e.g. <I>the old town hall of</I>). However, <CODE>N2</CODE> and
|
||||
<CODE>N3</CODE> are purely lexical categories. But you can use the <CODE>AdvCN</CODE>
|
||||
and <CODE>PrepNP</CODE> constructions to build phrases like this.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Proper names and noun phrases</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +234,7 @@ genitive, you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
mkNP : Str -> Str -> Number -> Gender -> NP ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adjectives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectives may need as many as seven forms.
|
||||
@@ -284,16 +273,16 @@ Comparison forms may be compound (<I>mera svensk</I> - <I>mest svensk</I>).
|
||||
compoundA : A -> A ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place adjectives</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc9"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Adverbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adverbs are not inflected. Most lexical ones have position
|
||||
@@ -311,16 +300,7 @@ Adverbs modifying adjectives and sentences can also be formed.
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Prepositions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc10"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Verbs</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The worst case needs five forms.
|
||||
@@ -358,7 +338,7 @@ In practice, it is enough to give three forms, as in school books.
|
||||
irregV : (dricka, drack, druckit : Str) -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc11"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Verbs with a particle.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The particle, such as in <I>passa på</I>, is given as a string.
|
||||
@@ -367,7 +347,7 @@ The particle, such as in <I>passa p
|
||||
partV : V -> Str -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc12"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Deponent verbs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Some words are used in passive forms only, e.g. <I>hoppas</I>, some as
|
||||
@@ -378,31 +358,31 @@ reflexive e.g. <I>
|
||||
reflV : V -> V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc13"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Two-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
(transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the <CODE>V</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc14"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Three-place verbs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- tala med om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- ge _ till
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- tala med om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- ge _ till
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- ge _ _
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc17"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc15"></A>
|
||||
<H3>Other complement patterns</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs and adjectives can take complements such as sentences,
|
||||
@@ -411,18 +391,18 @@ questions, verb phrases, and adjectives.
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
@@ -436,7 +416,7 @@ as an adverb. Likewise <CODE>AS, A2S, AV, A2V</CODE> are just <CODE>A</CODE>.
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc18"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc16"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Definitions of the paradigms</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Phrases and utterances</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Phrase: Phrases and Utterances</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Phrases and utterances</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Phrase: Phrases and Utterances</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:40 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Phrases and utterances</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Phrases and utterances</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Phrase = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:45 2006
|
||||
Last update: 2005-11-23 09:16:18 CET
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
@@ -22,9 +21,6 @@ gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
operations for precedence-dependent strings.
|
||||
five levels:
|
||||
p4 (constants), p3 (applications), p2 (products), p1 (sums), p0 (arrows)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Predefined functions for concrete syntax</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:45 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-27 09:41:31 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Predefined functions for concrete syntax</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Predefined functions for concrete syntax</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The definitions of these constants are hard-coded in GF, and defined
|
||||
in <A HREF="../src/GF/Grammar/AppPredefined.hs">AppPredefined.hs</A>. Applying
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,17 +13,13 @@
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:45 2006
|
||||
Last update: 2006-06-02 17:49:44 CEST
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
==
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract PredefAbs = {
|
||||
cat Int ; String ; Float ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,24 +6,20 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> A Small Predication Library</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:44 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-28 09:26:58 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">A Small Predication Library</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">The category of atomic sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Predication patterns.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Imperatives and infinitives.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Individual-valued function applications</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Families of types</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Type constructor</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The category of atomic sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Predication patterns.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Imperatives and infinitives.</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Individual-valued function applications</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Families of types</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Type constructor</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -33,8 +29,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>A Small Predication Library</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta 2003-2006 under Gnu GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
@@ -46,7 +40,7 @@ API of resource grammars.
|
||||
abstract Predication = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>The category of atomic sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
We want to use sentences in positive and negative forms but do not care about
|
||||
@@ -58,7 +52,7 @@ tenses.
|
||||
NegCl : Cl -> S ; -- negative sentence: "x doesn't intersect y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Predication patterns.</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
predV : V -> NP -> Cl ; -- one-place verb: "x converges"
|
||||
@@ -76,14 +70,14 @@ tenses.
|
||||
predPrep : Prep -> NP -> NP -> Cl ; -- preposition: "x is outside y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Imperatives and infinitives.</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
impV2 : V2 -> NP -> Phr ; -- imperative: "solve the equation E"
|
||||
infV2 : V2 -> NP -> Phr ; -- infinitive: "to solve the equation E"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Individual-valued function applications</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
appN2 : N2 -> NP -> NP ; -- one-place function: "the successor of x"
|
||||
@@ -91,7 +85,7 @@ tenses.
|
||||
appColl : N2 -> NP -> NP -> NP ; -- collective function: "the sum of x and y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Families of types</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are expressed by relational nouns applied to arguments.
|
||||
@@ -102,7 +96,7 @@ These are expressed by relational nouns applied to arguments.
|
||||
famColl : N2 -> NP -> NP -> CN ; -- collective family: "path between x and y"
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Type constructor</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is similar to a family except that the argument is a type.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,25 +6,21 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The GF Prelude</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:46 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-27 09:41:31 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The GF Prelude</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Strings, records, and tables</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Optional elements</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Infixes. prefixes, and postfixes</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Booleans</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">High-level acces to Predef operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Lexer-related operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc8">Miscellaneous</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Strings, records, and tables</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Optional elements</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Infixes. prefixes, and postfixes</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Booleans</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">High-level acces to Predef operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Lexer-related operations</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc7">Miscellaneous</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -34,8 +30,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The GF Prelude</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This file defines some prelude facilities usable in all grammars.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +39,7 @@ This file defines some prelude facilities usable in all grammars.
|
||||
oper
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Strings, records, and tables</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SS : Type = {s : Str} ;
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +68,7 @@ Discontinuous constituents.
|
||||
sd2 : (_,_ : Str) -> SD2 = \x,y -> {s1 = x ; s2 = y} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Optional elements</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Missing form.
|
||||
@@ -106,7 +100,7 @@ Parametric order between two strings.
|
||||
if_then_Str pr (x ++ y) (y ++ x) ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Infixes. prefixes, and postfixes</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Fixes with precedences are defined in <A HREF="Precedence.html">Precedence</A>.
|
||||
@@ -118,7 +112,7 @@ Fixes with precedences are defined in <A HREF="Precedence.html">Precedence</A>.
|
||||
embedSS : Str -> Str -> SS -> SS = \f,g,x -> ss (f ++ x.s ++ g) ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Booleans</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
param Bool = True | False ;
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +148,7 @@ Interface to internal booleans
|
||||
last : Tok -> Tok = Predef.dp 1 ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>High-level acces to Predef operations</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
isNil : Tok -> Bool = \b -> pbool2bool (Predef.eqStr [] b) ;
|
||||
@@ -163,7 +157,7 @@ Interface to internal booleans
|
||||
case Predef.eqStr t u of {Predef.PTrue => a ; Predef.PFalse => b} ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Lexer-related operations</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Bind together two tokens in some lexers, either obligatorily or optionally
|
||||
@@ -191,7 +185,7 @@ These should be hidden, and never changed since they are hardcoded in (un)lexers
|
||||
CAPIT : Str = "&|" ;
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc8"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc7"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Miscellaneous</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Identity function
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Questions and interrogative pronouns</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Question: Questions and Interrogative Pronouns</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Questions and interrogative pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Question: Questions and Interrogative Pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Questions and interrogative pronouns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Questions and interrogative pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Question = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Relative clauses and pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-01-25 12:10:58 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Relative clauses and pronouns</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Relative clauses and pronouns</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Relative = Cat ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,27 +2,23 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Sentences, clauses, imperatives, and sentential complements</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Sentence: Sentences, Clauses, and Imperatives</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Sentences, clauses, imperatives, and sentential complements</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Sentence: Sentences, Clauses, and Imperatives</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Sentences, clauses, imperatives, and sentential complements</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Clauses missing object noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Imperatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Embedded sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc6">Sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Clauses</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Clauses missing object noun phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Imperatives</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Embedded sentences</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Sentences</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -32,13 +28,11 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Sentences, clauses, imperatives, and sentential complements</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Sentence = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Clauses</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The <CODE>NP VP</CODE> predication rule form a clause whose linearization
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +53,7 @@ is only meaningful for some verb phrases.
|
||||
PredSCVP : SC -> VP -> Cl ; -- that you go makes me happy
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Clauses missing object noun phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This category is a variant of the 'slash category' <CODE>S/NP</CODE> of
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +71,7 @@ the style of CCG.
|
||||
SlashPrep : Cl -> Prep -> Slash ; -- (with whom) he walks
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Imperatives</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
An imperative is straightforwardly formed from a verb phrase.
|
||||
@@ -88,7 +82,7 @@ To fix these parameters, see <A HREF="Phrase.html">Phrase</A>.
|
||||
ImpVP : VP -> Imp ; -- go
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Embedded sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Sentences, questions, and infinitival phrases can be used as
|
||||
@@ -100,7 +94,7 @@ subjects and (adverbial) complements.
|
||||
EmbedVP : VP -> SC ; -- to go
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc6"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentences</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
These are the 2 x 4 x 4 = 16 forms generated by different
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> GF Resource Grammar API for Structural Words</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Structural: Structural Words</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> GF Resource Grammar API for Structural Words</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Structural: Structural Words</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">GF Resource Grammar API for Structural Words</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,11 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>GF Resource Grammar API for Structural Words</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
AR 21/11/2003 -- 30/11/2005
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Here we have some words belonging to closed classes and appearing
|
||||
in all languages we have considered.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,21 +6,17 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Symbolic expressions</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:44 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-03-17 14:11:37 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Symbolic expressions</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Noun phrases with symbols and numbers</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Sentence consisting of a formula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Symbol lists</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Noun phrases with symbols and numbers</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Sentence consisting of a formula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Symbol lists</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -30,8 +26,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Symbolic expressions</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<B>Note</B>. This module is not automatically included in the main
|
||||
grammar <A HREF="Lang.html">Lang</A>.
|
||||
@@ -40,7 +34,7 @@ grammar <A HREF="Lang.html">Lang</A>.
|
||||
abstract Symbol = Cat, PredefAbs ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Noun phrases with symbols and numbers</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
fun
|
||||
@@ -52,13 +46,13 @@ grammar <A HREF="Lang.html">Lang</A>.
|
||||
CNSymbNP : Det -> CN -> [Symb] -> NP ; -- (the) (2) numbers x and y
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Sentence consisting of a formula</H2>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
SymbS : Symb -> S ; -- A
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Symbol lists</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
A symbol list has at least two elements. The last two are separated
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,12 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Tense, Polarity, and Anteriority</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-27 09:41:31 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Tense, Polarity, and Anteriority</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,8 +20,6 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Tense, Polarity, and Anteriority</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This module defines the abstract parameters of tense, polarity, and
|
||||
anteriority, which are used in <A HREF="Tensed.html">Tensed</A> to generate different
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,21 +2,16 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META NAME="generator" CONTENT="http://txt2tags.sf.net">
|
||||
<TITLE> Texts</TITLE>
|
||||
<TITLE> Text: Texts</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Texts</H1>
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> Text: Texts</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-06-15 09:19:39 CEST</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Texts</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
@@ -25,16 +20,19 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>Texts</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Texts are built from an empty text by adding <CODE>Phr</CODE>ases,
|
||||
using as constructors the punctuation marks <I>.</I>, <I>?</I>, and <I>!</I>.
|
||||
Any punctuation mark can be attached to any kind of phrase.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Text = Common ** {
|
||||
|
||||
fun
|
||||
TEmpty : Text ;
|
||||
TFullStop : Phr -> Text -> Text ;
|
||||
TQuestMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ;
|
||||
TExclMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ;
|
||||
TEmpty : Text ; --
|
||||
TFullStop : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- John walks. ...
|
||||
TQuestMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- Are you OK? ...
|
||||
TExclMark : Phr -> Text -> Text ; -- John walks! ...
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,22 +6,18 @@
|
||||
</HEAD><BODY BGCOLOR="white" TEXT="black">
|
||||
<P ALIGN="center"><CENTER><H1> The construction of verb phrases</H1>
|
||||
<FONT SIZE="4">
|
||||
<I>Author: </I><BR>
|
||||
Last update: Tue Jun 13 11:42:41 2006
|
||||
<I>Last update: 2006-02-27 09:41:31 CET</I><BR>
|
||||
</FONT></CENTER>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">The construction of verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<UL>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Complementization rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Other ways of forming verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Complements to copula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc5">Coercions</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc1">Complementization rules</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc2">Other ways of forming verb phrases</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc3">Complements to copula</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="#toc4">Coercions</A>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
</UL>
|
||||
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<HR NOSHADE SIZE=1>
|
||||
@@ -31,13 +27,11 @@ Produced by
|
||||
gfdoc - a rudimentary GF document generator.
|
||||
(c) Aarne Ranta (<A HREF="mailto:aarne@cs.chalmers.se">aarne@cs.chalmers.se</A>) 2002 under GNU GPL.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H1>The construction of verb phrases</H1>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
abstract Verb = Cat ** {
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc1"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Complementization rules</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb phrases are constructed from verbs by providing their
|
||||
@@ -57,7 +51,7 @@ complements. There is one rule for each verb category.
|
||||
ComplV2A : V2A -> NP -> AP -> VP ; -- paint the house red
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc2"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Other ways of forming verb phrases</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verb phrases can also be constructed reflexively and from
|
||||
@@ -98,7 +92,7 @@ vs. next to (or before) the verb.
|
||||
<B>Agents of passives</B> are constructed as adverbs with the
|
||||
preposition <A HREF="Structural.html">Structural</A><CODE>.8agent_Prep</CODE>.
|
||||
</P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc3"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Complements to copula</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Adjectival phrases, noun phrases, and adverbs can be used.
|
||||
@@ -109,7 +103,7 @@ Adjectival phrases, noun phrases, and adverbs can be used.
|
||||
CompAdv : Adv -> Comp ; -- (be) here
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
<P></P>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc5"></A>
|
||||
<A NAME="toc4"></A>
|
||||
<H2>Coercions</H2>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Verbs can change subcategorization patterns in systematic ways,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ flags
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
airplane_N = regN "airplane" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "answer") "to" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "answer") toP ;
|
||||
apartment_N = regN "apartment" ;
|
||||
apple_N = regN "apple" ;
|
||||
art_N = regN "art" ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q (regV "ask") [] ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q (regV "ask") noPrep ;
|
||||
baby_N = regN "baby" ;
|
||||
bad_A = mkADeg "bad" "badly" "worse" "worst" ;
|
||||
bank_N = regN "bank" ;
|
||||
beautiful_A = regADeg "beautiful" ;
|
||||
become_VA = mkVA (irregV "become" "became" "become") ;
|
||||
beer_N = regN "beer" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V (regDuplV "beg") [] "to" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V (regDuplV "beg") noPrep toP ;
|
||||
big_A = duplADeg "big" ;
|
||||
bike_N = regN "bike" ;
|
||||
bird_N = regN "bird" ;
|
||||
@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ lin
|
||||
cow_N = regN "cow" ;
|
||||
die_V = (regV "die") ;
|
||||
dirty_A = regADeg "dirty" ;
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regN "distance") "from" "to" ;
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regN "distance") fromP toP ;
|
||||
doctor_N = regN "doctor" ;
|
||||
dog_N = regN "dog" ;
|
||||
door_N = regN "door" ;
|
||||
drink_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "drink" "drank" "drunk") ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "easy") "for" ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "easy") forP ;
|
||||
eat_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "eat" "ate" "eaten") ;
|
||||
empty_A = regADeg "empty" ;
|
||||
enemy_N = regN "enemy" ;
|
||||
@@ -108,14 +108,14 @@ lin
|
||||
leather_N = regN "leather" ;
|
||||
leave_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "leave" "left" "left") ;
|
||||
like_V2 = dirV2 (regV "like") ;
|
||||
listen_V2 = mkV2 (regV "listen") "to" ;
|
||||
listen_V2 = mkV2 (regV "listen") toP ;
|
||||
live_V = (regV "live") ;
|
||||
long_A = regADeg "long" ;
|
||||
lose_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "lose" "lost" "lost") ;
|
||||
love_N = regN "love" ;
|
||||
love_V2 = dirV2 (regV "love") ;
|
||||
man_N = mk2N "man" "men" ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (regA "married") "to" ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (regA "married") toP ;
|
||||
meat_N = regN "meat" ;
|
||||
milk_N = regN "milk" ;
|
||||
moon_N = regN "moon" ;
|
||||
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ lin
|
||||
oil_N = regN "oil" ;
|
||||
old_A = regADeg "old" ;
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (regV "open") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "paint") [] ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "paint") noPrep ;
|
||||
paper_N = regN "paper" ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regPN "Paris" nonhuman ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regPN "Paris" ;
|
||||
peace_N = regN "peace" ;
|
||||
pen_N = regN "pen" ;
|
||||
planet_N = regN "planet" ;
|
||||
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ lin
|
||||
sea_N = regN "sea" ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "seek" "sought" "sought") ;
|
||||
see_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "see" "saw" "seen") ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "sell" "sold" "sold") "to" ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "send" "sent" "sent") "to" ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "sell" "sold" "sold") toP ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "send" "sent" "sent") toP ;
|
||||
sheep_N = mk2N "sheep" "sheep" ;
|
||||
ship_N = regN "ship" ;
|
||||
shirt_N = regN "shirt" ;
|
||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ lin
|
||||
switch8off_V2 = dirV2 (partV (regV "switch") "off") ;
|
||||
switch8on_V2 = dirV2 (partV (regV "switch") "on") ;
|
||||
table_N = regN "table" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "talk") "to" "about" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "talk") toP aboutP ;
|
||||
teacher_N = regN "teacher" ;
|
||||
teach_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "teach" "taught" "taught") ;
|
||||
television_N = regN "television" ;
|
||||
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ lin
|
||||
understand_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "understand" "understood" "understood") ;
|
||||
university_N = regN "university" ;
|
||||
village_N = regN "village" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "wait") "for" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "wait") forP ;
|
||||
walk_V = (regV "walk") ;
|
||||
warm_A = regADeg "warm" ;
|
||||
war_N = regN "war" ;
|
||||
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ lin
|
||||
now_Adv = mkAdv "now" ;
|
||||
already_Adv = mkAdv "already" ;
|
||||
song_N = regN "song" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = dirV3 (regV "add") "to" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = dirV3 (regV "add") toP ;
|
||||
number_N = regN "number" ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (irregDuplV "put" "put" "put") [] ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (irregDuplV "put" "put" "put") noPrep ;
|
||||
stop_V = regDuplV "stop" ;
|
||||
jump_V = regV "jump" ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ lin
|
||||
flow_V = regV "flow" ;
|
||||
fly_V = fly_V ;
|
||||
freeze_V = freeze_V ;
|
||||
give_V3 = dirV3 give_V "to" ;
|
||||
give_V3 = dirV3 give_V toP ;
|
||||
laugh_V = regV "laugh" ;
|
||||
lie_V = lie_V ;
|
||||
play_V = regV "play" ;
|
||||
@@ -351,4 +351,13 @@ lin
|
||||
|
||||
-- other_A = regA "other" ;
|
||||
|
||||
oper
|
||||
aboutP = mkPrep "about" ;
|
||||
atP = mkPrep "at" ;
|
||||
forP = mkPrep "for" ;
|
||||
fromP = mkPrep "from" ;
|
||||
inP = mkPrep "in" ;
|
||||
onP = mkPrep "on" ;
|
||||
toP = mkPrep "to" ;
|
||||
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ oper
|
||||
genitive : Case ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Prepositions are used in many-argument functions for rection.
|
||||
-- The resource category $Prep$ is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
@@ -96,19 +96,19 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("daughter of x") need a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common preposition is "of", and the following is a
|
||||
-- shortcut for regular relational nouns with "of".
|
||||
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPreposition$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPrep$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- form other prepositions.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("the connection from x to y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -116,15 +116,16 @@ oper
|
||||
-- In some cases, you may want to make a complex $CN$ into a
|
||||
-- relational noun (e.g. "the old town hall of").
|
||||
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
cnN2 : CN -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
cnN3 : CN -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
--3 Proper names and noun phrases
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. "Bank".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Comparison adjectives may two more forms.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -197,8 +198,8 @@ oper
|
||||
-- A preposition as used for rection in the lexicon, as well as to
|
||||
-- build $PP$s in the resource API, just requires a string.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- (These two functions are synonyms.)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -256,9 +257,9 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -267,18 +268,18 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -288,12 +289,11 @@ oper
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 Definitions of paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoEng.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoEng.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ oper
|
||||
nominative = Nom ;
|
||||
genitive = Gen ;
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition = Str ;
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ; -- obsolete
|
||||
|
||||
regN = \ray ->
|
||||
let
|
||||
@@ -345,13 +345,14 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
compoundN s n = {s = \\x,y => s ++ n.s ! x ! y ; g=n.g ; lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
regN2 n = mkN2 (regN n) (mkPreposition "of") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
cnN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
cnN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p.s} ;
|
||||
regN2 n = mkN2 (regN n) (mkPrep "of") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s} ;
|
||||
cnN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p.s} ;
|
||||
cnN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regPN n g = nameReg n g ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN n = regGenPN n human ;
|
||||
regGenPN n g = nameReg n g ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
nounPN n = {s = n.s ! singular ; g = n.g ; lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x y n g = {s = table {Gen => x ; _ => y} ; a = agrP3 n ;
|
||||
lock_NP = <>} ;
|
||||
@@ -359,7 +360,7 @@ oper
|
||||
mkA a b = mkAdjective a a a b ** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
regA a = regAdjective a ** {lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
ADeg = A ; ----
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -394,8 +395,8 @@ oper
|
||||
mkAdV x = ss x ** {lock_AdV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdA x = ss x ** {lock_AdA = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition p = p ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = ss p ** {lock_Prep = <>} ;
|
||||
noPrep = mkPrep [] ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV a b c d e = mkVerb a b c d e ** {s1 = [] ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -434,12 +435,12 @@ oper
|
||||
partV v p = verbPart v p ** {lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
reflV v = {s = v.s ; part = v.part ; lock_V = v.lock_V ; isRefl = True} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p.s ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p ; c3 = q ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v [] p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {s = v.s ; s1 = v.s1 ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v noPrep p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkVS v = v ** {lock_VS = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVV v = {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Proper names can be formed by using declensions for nouns.
|
||||
-- The plural forms are filtered away by the compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
mkPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
mkNP : N -> Number -> NP ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -333,9 +334,9 @@ oper
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
Case = MorphoFin.Case ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoFin.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -472,6 +473,7 @@ reg3N = \vesi,veden,vesi
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,c -> n ** {c2 = c ; lock_N2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,c,e -> n ** {c2 = c ; c3 = e ; lock_N3 = <>} ;
|
||||
genN2 = \n -> mkN2 n (casePrep genitive) ;
|
||||
regPN m = mkPN (regN m) ;
|
||||
mkPN n = mkProperName n ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP noun num = {
|
||||
s = \\c => noun.s ! NCase num (npform2case c) ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -57,13 +57,11 @@ oper
|
||||
-- amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' "de" and the
|
||||
-- 'dative' "à").
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
@@ -102,7 +100,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("fille de x") need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common cases are the genitive "de" and the dative "à",
|
||||
-- with the empty preposition.
|
||||
@@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("la connection de x à y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +125,10 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
-- To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
-- you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
@@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Comparison adjectives
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -240,9 +241,9 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -251,20 +252,20 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -274,11 +275,12 @@ oper
|
||||
V0, V2S, V2V, V2Q : Type ;
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 Definitions of the paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoFre.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoFre.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -291,7 +293,12 @@ oper
|
||||
accusative = complAcc ;
|
||||
genitive = complGen ;
|
||||
dative = complDat ;
|
||||
mkPreposition p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
|
||||
--- obsolete
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPreposition = mkPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN x y g = mkCNomIrreg x y g ** {lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
regN x = regGenN x g where {
|
||||
@@ -308,6 +315,7 @@ oper
|
||||
aN2 n = mkN2 n dative ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regPN x = mkPN x masculine ;
|
||||
mkPN x g = {s = x ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x g n = {s = (pn2np (mkPN x g)).s; a = agrP3 g n ; hasClit = False} ** {lock_NP = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../common:../abstract:../../prelude
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
--1 German Lexical Paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Aarne Ranta & Harald Hammarström 2003--2006
|
||||
@@ -235,12 +235,13 @@ oper
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 Definitions of paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoGer.Gender ;
|
||||
Case = MorphoGer.Case ;
|
||||
|
||||
5
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraIta.gf
Normal file
5
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraIta.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraIta of ExtraItaAbs = ExtraRomanceIta **
|
||||
open CommonRomance, PhonoIta, ParamX, ResIta in {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
6
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraItaAbs.gf
Normal file
6
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraItaAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
-- Structures special for Italian. These are not implemented in other
|
||||
-- Romance languages.
|
||||
|
||||
abstract ExtraItaAbs = ExtraRomanceAbs ** {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
2
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraRomanceIta.gf
Normal file
2
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ExtraRomanceIta.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraRomanceIta of ExtraRomanceAbs = CatIta ** ExtraRomance with
|
||||
(ResRomance = ResIta) ;
|
||||
7
lib/resource-1.0/italian/Italian.gf
Normal file
7
lib/resource-1.0/italian/Italian.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../romance:../abstract:../common:prelude
|
||||
|
||||
concrete Italian of ItalianAbs =
|
||||
LangIta,
|
||||
-- IrregIta,
|
||||
ExtraIta
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
5
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ItalianAbs.gf
Normal file
5
lib/resource-1.0/italian/ItalianAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
abstract ItalianAbs =
|
||||
Lang,
|
||||
-- IrregItaAbs,
|
||||
ExtraItaAbs
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ lin
|
||||
old_A = prefA (regADeg "vecchio") ;
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (verboV (aprire_102 "aprire")) ;
|
||||
paint_V2A =
|
||||
mkV2A (verboV (cingere_31 "pingere")) accusative (mkPreposition "in") ;
|
||||
mkV2A (verboV (cingere_31 "pingere")) accusative (mkPrep "in") ; ----
|
||||
paper_N = regN "carta" ;
|
||||
paris_PN = mkPN "Parigi" masculine ;
|
||||
peace_N = femN (regN "pace") ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ oper
|
||||
-- amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' "de" and the
|
||||
-- 'dative' "à").
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("figlio di x") need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common cases are the genitive "di" and the dative "a",
|
||||
-- with the empty preposition.
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("la connessione di x a y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,8 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
|
||||
-- To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
-- you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
@@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Comparison adjectives
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -230,9 +231,9 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parlare, a, di
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- dare,_,a
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- dare,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
@@ -242,20 +243,20 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "voglio parlare"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "cerco di parlare"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "arrivo a parlare"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -266,11 +267,12 @@ oper
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 The definitions of the paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoIta.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoIta.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -279,11 +281,11 @@ oper
|
||||
singular = Sg ;
|
||||
plural = Pl ;
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition = Compl ;
|
||||
Prep = Compl ;
|
||||
accusative = complAcc ;
|
||||
genitive = complGen ;
|
||||
dative = complDat ;
|
||||
mkPreposition p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN x y g = mkNounIrreg x y g ** {lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
regN x = mkNomReg x ** {lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
@@ -298,6 +300,7 @@ oper
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN x g = {s = x ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN x = mkPN x masculine ;
|
||||
mkNP x g n = {s = (pn2np (mkPN x g)).s; a = agrP3 g n ; hasClit = False} ** {lock_NP = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA a b c d e =
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ concrete StructuralIta of Structural = CatIta **
|
||||
lin
|
||||
|
||||
above_Prep = {s = ["sopra"] ; c = MorphoIta.genitive ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
after_Prep = mkPreposition "dopo" ;
|
||||
after_Prep = mkPrep "dopo" ;
|
||||
all_Predet = {
|
||||
s = \\a,c => prepCase c ++ aagrForms "tutto" "tutta" "tutti" "tutte" ! a ;
|
||||
c = Nom
|
||||
@@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ lin
|
||||
although_Subj = ss "benché" ** {m = Conjunct} ;
|
||||
and_Conj = ss "e" ** {n = Pl} ;
|
||||
because_Subj = ss "perché" ** {m = Indic} ;
|
||||
before_Prep = mkPreposition "prima" ;
|
||||
behind_Prep = mkPreposition "dietro" ;
|
||||
between_Prep = mkPreposition "fra" ;
|
||||
before_Prep = mkPrep "prima" ;
|
||||
behind_Prep = mkPrep "dietro" ;
|
||||
between_Prep = mkPrep "fra" ;
|
||||
both7and_DConj = {s1,s2 = "e" ; n = Pl} ;
|
||||
but_PConj = ss "ma" ;
|
||||
by8agent_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_da} ;
|
||||
by8means_Prep = mkPreposition "per" ;
|
||||
by8agent_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_da ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
by8means_Prep = mkPrep "per" ;
|
||||
can8know_VV = mkVV (verboV (sapere_78 "sapere")) ;
|
||||
can_VV = mkVV (verboV (potere_69 "potere")) ;
|
||||
during_Prep = mkPreposition "durante" ;
|
||||
during_Prep = mkPrep "durante" ;
|
||||
either7or_DConj = {s1,s2 = "o" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
everybody_NP = mkNP ["tutti"] Masc Pl ;
|
||||
every_Det = {s = \\_,_ => "ogni" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ lin
|
||||
how_IAdv = ss "come" ;
|
||||
how8many_IDet = {s = \\g,c => prepCase c ++ genForms "quanti" "quante" ! g ; n = Pl} ;
|
||||
if_Subj = ss "se" ** {m = Indic} ;
|
||||
in8front_Prep = mkPreposition "davanti" ;
|
||||
in8front_Prep = mkPrep "davanti" ;
|
||||
i_Pron =
|
||||
mkPronoun
|
||||
"io" "mi" "mi" "me" "me" "mio" "mia" "miei" "mie"
|
||||
Fem Sg P1 ;
|
||||
in_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_in} ;
|
||||
in_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_in ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
it_Pron =
|
||||
mkPronoun
|
||||
"lui" "lo" "gli" "glie" "lui" "suo" "sua" "suoi" "sue"
|
||||
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ lin
|
||||
much_Det = {s = \\g,c => prepCase c ++ genForms "molto" "molta" ! g ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
must_VV = mkVV (verboV (dovere_47 "dovere")) ;
|
||||
no_Phr = ss "no" ;
|
||||
on_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_su} ;
|
||||
on_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_su ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
one_Quant = {s = \\g,c => prepCase c ++ genForms "uno" "una" ! g} ;
|
||||
only_Predet = {s = \\_,c => prepCase c ++ "soltanto" ; c = Nom} ; --- solo|a|i|e
|
||||
or_Conj = {s = "o" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
@@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ lin
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
this_NP = pn2np (mkPN ["questo"] Masc) ;
|
||||
those_NP = mkNP ["quelle"] Fem Pl ;
|
||||
through_Prep = mkPreposition "per" ;
|
||||
through_Prep = mkPrep "per" ;
|
||||
too_AdA = ss "troppo" ;
|
||||
to_Prep = complDat ;
|
||||
under_Prep = mkPreposition "sotto" ;
|
||||
under_Prep = mkPrep "sotto" ;
|
||||
very_AdA = ss "molto" ;
|
||||
want_VV = mkVV (verboV (volere_96 "volere")) ;
|
||||
we_Pron =
|
||||
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ lin
|
||||
whoPl_IP = {s = \\c => prepCase c ++ "chi" ; a = aagr Fem Pl} ;
|
||||
whoSg_IP = {s = \\c => prepCase c ++ "chi" ; a = aagr Fem Sg} ;
|
||||
why_IAdv = ss "perché" ;
|
||||
without_Prep = mkPreposition "senza" ;
|
||||
with_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_con} ;
|
||||
without_Prep = mkPrep "senza" ;
|
||||
with_Prep = {s = [] ; c = CPrep P_con ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
yes_Phr = ss "sì" ;
|
||||
youSg_Pron = mkPronoun
|
||||
"tu" "ti" "ti" "te" "te" "tuo" "tua" "tuoi" "tue"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ flags startcat=Phr ; lexer=textlit ; unlexer=text ;
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
airplane_N = mk2N "fly" "flyet" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svare") "til" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svare") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
apartment_N = mk2N "leilighet" "leiligheten" ;
|
||||
apple_N = mk2N "eple" "eplet" ;
|
||||
art_N = mk2N "kunst" "kunsten" ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q spørre_V [] ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q spørre_V noPrep ;
|
||||
baby_N = mk2N "baby" "babyen" ;
|
||||
bad_A = regADeg "dårlig" ; ----
|
||||
bank_N = mk2N "bank" "banken" ;
|
||||
beautiful_A = mk3ADeg "vakker" "vakkert" "vakra" ;
|
||||
become_VA = mkVA (vaereV bli_V) ;
|
||||
beer_N = regGenN "øl" neutrum ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V be_V [] "at" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V be_V noPrep (mkPrep "at") ;
|
||||
big_A = irregADeg "stor" "større" "størst";
|
||||
bike_N = mkN "sykkel" "sykkelen" "sykler" "syklene" ;
|
||||
bird_N = mk2N "fugl" "fuglen" ;
|
||||
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ lin
|
||||
bread_N = regGenN "brød" neutrum ;
|
||||
break_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "knuse" "knuste") ;
|
||||
broad_A = regADeg "bred" ;
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 ( (mkN "bror" "broren" "brødre" "brødrene")) "til" ;
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 ( (mkN "bror" "broren" "brødre" "brødrene")) (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
brown_A = regADeg "brun" ;
|
||||
butter_N = regGenN "smør" neutrum ;
|
||||
buy_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "kjøpe" "kjøpte") ;
|
||||
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ lin
|
||||
cow_N = mkN "ku" "kua" "kyr" "kyrne" ; ----
|
||||
die_V = vaereV dø_V ;
|
||||
dirty_A = mk3ADeg "skitten" "skittent" "skitne" ; ----
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regGenN "avstand" masculine) "fra" "til" ;
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (regGenN "avstand" masculine) (mkPrep "fra") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
doctor_N = mk2N "lege" "legen" ;
|
||||
dog_N = regGenN "hund" masculine ;
|
||||
door_N = regGenN "dør" feminine ;
|
||||
drink_V2 = dirV2 drikke_V ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "grei") "for" ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (regA "grei") (mkPrep "for") ;
|
||||
eat_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "spise" "spiste") ;
|
||||
empty_A = mkADeg "tom" "tomt" "tomme" "tommere" "tommest" ;
|
||||
enemy_N = regGenN "fiende" masculine ;
|
||||
factory_N = mk2N "fabrikk" "fabrikken" ;
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ( (mkN "far" "faren" "fedre" "fedrene")) "til" ;
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ( (mkN "far" "faren" "fedre" "fedrene")) (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
fear_VS = mkVS (regV "frykte") ;
|
||||
find_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "finne" "fann" "funnet") ;
|
||||
fish_N = mk2N "fisk" "fisken" ;
|
||||
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ lin
|
||||
love_N = regGenN "kjærlighet" masculine ;
|
||||
love_V2 = dirV2 (regV "elske") ;
|
||||
man_N = (mkN "mann" "mannen" "menn" "mennen") ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") "med" ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") (mkPrep "med") ;
|
||||
meat_N = regGenN "kjøtt" neutrum ;
|
||||
milk_N = regGenN "melk" masculine ;
|
||||
moon_N = regGenN "måne" masculine ;
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "mor" "moren" "mødre" "mødrene") "til" ; ---- fem
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "mor" "moren" "mødre" "mødrene") (mkPrep "til") ; ---- fem
|
||||
mountain_N = regGenN "berg" neutrum ;
|
||||
music_N = mk2N "musikk" "musikken" ;
|
||||
narrow_A = regADeg "smal" ;
|
||||
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ lin
|
||||
oil_N = regGenN "olje" masculine ;
|
||||
old_A = mkADeg "gammel" "gammelt" "gamle" "eldre" "eldst" ;
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (regV "åpne") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "male") [] ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "male") noPrep ;
|
||||
paper_N = regGenN "papir" neutrum ; ----
|
||||
paris_PN = regPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regGenPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
peace_N = regGenN "fred" masculine ;
|
||||
pen_N = regGenN "penn" masculine ;
|
||||
planet_N = mk2N "planet" "planeten" ;
|
||||
@@ -155,10 +155,10 @@ lin
|
||||
school_N = regGenN "skole" feminine;
|
||||
science_N = mk2N "vitenskap" "vitenskapen" ;
|
||||
sea_N = mk2N "sjø" "sjøen" ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "lete" "lette") "etter" ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "lete" "lette") (mkPrep "etter") ;
|
||||
see_V2 = dirV2 se_V ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 selge_V "til" ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (mk2V "sende" "sendte") "til" ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 selge_V (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (mk2V "sende" "sendte") (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
sheep_N = mk2N "får" "fåret" ;
|
||||
ship_N = regGenN "skip" neutrum ;
|
||||
shirt_N = regGenN "skjorte" feminine ;
|
||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ lin
|
||||
switch8off_V2 = dirV2 (partV (irregV "slå" "slo" "slått") "av") ;
|
||||
switch8on_V2 = dirV2 (partV (irregV "slå" "slo" "slått") "på") ;
|
||||
table_N = regGenN "bord" neutrum ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "snakke") "til" "om" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "snakke") (mkPrep "til") (mkPrep "om") ;
|
||||
teacher_N = mkN "lærer" "læreren" "lærere" "lærerne" ;
|
||||
teach_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "undervise" "underviste") ;
|
||||
television_N = mk2N "fjernsyn" "fjernsynet" ;
|
||||
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ lin
|
||||
understand_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "forstå" "forstod" "forstått") ;
|
||||
university_N = regGenN "universitet" neutrum ;
|
||||
village_N = mk2N "grend" "grenda" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vente") "på" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vente") (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
walk_V = vaereV gå_V ;
|
||||
warm_A = regADeg "varm" ;
|
||||
war_N = regGenN "krig" masculine ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 se_V "på" ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 se_V (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
water_N = mk2N "vatn" "vatnet" ;
|
||||
white_A = regADeg "hvit" ;
|
||||
window_N = mkN "vindu" "vinduet" "vinduer" "vinduene" ; ---- er?
|
||||
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ lin
|
||||
now_Adv = mkAdv "nå" ;
|
||||
already_Adv = mkAdv "allerede" ;
|
||||
song_N = mk2N "sang" "sangen" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (partV (irregV "legge" "la" "lagt") "til") [] "til" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (partV (irregV "legge" "la" "lagt") "til") noPrep (mkPrep "til") ;
|
||||
number_N = mk2N "nummer" "nummeret" ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (irregV "sette" "satte" "satt") [] ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (irregV "sette" "satte" "satt") noPrep ;
|
||||
stop_V = vaereV (regV "stanse") ;
|
||||
jump_V = regV "hoppe" ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -97,19 +98,19 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("daughter of x") need a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common preposition is "av", and the following is a
|
||||
-- shortcut for regular, $nonhuman$ relational nouns with "av".
|
||||
|
||||
regN2 : Str -> Gender -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPreposition$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- Use the function $mkPrep$ or see the section on prepositions below to
|
||||
-- form other prepositions.
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("the connection from x to y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +125,8 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. "Bank".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -153,7 +155,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Comparison adjectives may need as many as five forms.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -191,11 +193,6 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Prepositions
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -243,7 +240,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -252,9 +249,9 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Str -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- speak, with, about
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- give,_,to
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- give,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -263,18 +260,18 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -285,11 +282,11 @@ oper
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 Definitions of the paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoNor.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoNor.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -331,11 +328,12 @@ oper
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
regN2 n g = mkN2 (regGenN n g) (mkPreposition "av") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p.s} ;
|
||||
regN2 n g = mkN2 (regGenN n g) (mkPrep "av") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regGenPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN n = regGenPN n utrum ;
|
||||
nounPN n = {s = n.s ! singular ! Indef ; g = n.g ; lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x y n g =
|
||||
{s = table {NPPoss _ => x ; _ => y} ; a = agrP3 g n ;
|
||||
@@ -345,7 +343,7 @@ oper
|
||||
mk2A a b = mkA a b (a + "e") ;
|
||||
regA a = (regADeg a) ** {isComp = False ; lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkADeg a b c d e = mkAdject a b c d e ** {isComp = False ; lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
regADeg a = case Predef.dp 2 a of {
|
||||
@@ -366,7 +364,8 @@ oper
|
||||
mkAdV x = ss x ** {lock_AdV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdA x = ss x ** {lock_AdA = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition p = p ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; lock_Prep = <>} ;
|
||||
noPrep = mkPrep [] ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV a b c d e f = mkVerb6 a b c d e f **
|
||||
{part = [] ; vtype = VAct ; isVaere = False ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
@@ -404,12 +403,12 @@ oper
|
||||
depV v = {s = v.s ; part = v.part ; vtype = VPass ; isVaere = False ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
reflV v = {s = v.s ; part = v.part ; vtype = VRefl ; isVaere = False ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p ; c3 = q ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v [] p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v noPrep p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 v = v ** {lock_V0 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVS v = v ** {lock_VS = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ incomplete concrete CatRomance of Cat =
|
||||
Conj = {s : Str ; n : Number} ;
|
||||
DConj = {s1,s2 : Str ; n : Number} ;
|
||||
Subj = {s : Str ; m : Mood} ;
|
||||
Prep = {s : Str ; c : Case} ;
|
||||
Prep = {s : Str ; c : Case ; isDir : Bool} ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Open lexical classes, e.g. Lexicon
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -143,6 +143,7 @@ nPepel : Str -> N ; -- masculine, inanimate, ending with "-ел"- "пеп-л
|
||||
-- Proper names.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> Animacy -> PN ; -- "Иван", "Маша"
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ;
|
||||
nounPN : N -> PN ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- On the top level, it is maybe $CN$ that is used rather than $N$, and
|
||||
@@ -292,10 +293,11 @@ perfective: Aspect ;
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Str -> Str -> Case -> Case -> V3 ; -- "сложить письмо в конверт"
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ; -- "видеть", "любить"
|
||||
tvDirDir : V -> V3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoRus.Gender ;
|
||||
Case = MorphoRus.Case ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoRus.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -450,6 +452,8 @@ regN = \ray ->
|
||||
Masc => mkProperNameMasc ivan anim ;
|
||||
_ => mkProperNameFem ivan anim
|
||||
} ** {lock_PN =<>};
|
||||
regPN x = mkPN x masculine animate ;
|
||||
|
||||
nounPN n = {s=\\c => n.s! SF Sg c; anim=n.anim; g=n.g; lock_PN=<>};
|
||||
|
||||
mkCN = UseN;
|
||||
|
||||
2
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraRomanceSpa.gf
Normal file
2
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraRomanceSpa.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraRomanceSpa of ExtraRomanceAbs = CatSpa ** ExtraRomance with
|
||||
(ResRomance = ResSpa) ;
|
||||
5
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraSpa.gf
Normal file
5
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraSpa.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
concrete ExtraSpa of ExtraSpaAbs = ExtraRomanceSpa **
|
||||
open CommonRomance, PhonoSpa, ParamX, ResSpa in {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
6
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraSpaAbs.gf
Normal file
6
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/ExtraSpaAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
-- Structures special for Spanish. These are not implemented in other
|
||||
-- Romance languages.
|
||||
|
||||
abstract ExtraSpaAbs = ExtraRomanceAbs ** {
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ lin
|
||||
oil_N = regN "aceite" ;
|
||||
old_A = prefA (regADeg "viejo") ;
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (special_ppV (regV "abrir") "abierto") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "pintar") accusative (mkPreposition "en") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "pintar") accusative (mkPrep "en") ;
|
||||
paper_N = regN "papel" ;
|
||||
paris_PN = mkPN "Paris" masculine ;
|
||||
peace_N = femN (regN "paz") ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ oper
|
||||
-- amalgamate with the following word (the 'genitive' "de" and the
|
||||
-- 'dative' "à").
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type ;
|
||||
Prep : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
accusative : Preposition ;
|
||||
genitive : Preposition ;
|
||||
dative : Preposition ;
|
||||
accusative : Prep ;
|
||||
genitive : Prep ;
|
||||
dative : Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("fille de x") need a case and a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common cases are the genitive "de" and the dative "a",
|
||||
-- with the empty preposition.
|
||||
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("la connessione di x a y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -125,7 +125,9 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names need a string and a gender.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
mkPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- Jean
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- masculine
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
-- To form a noun phrase that can also be plural,
|
||||
-- you can use the worst-case function.
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +158,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Comparison adjectives
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -221,7 +223,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -234,9 +236,9 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- parler, à, de
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- donner,_,à
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- donner,_,_
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
--
|
||||
@@ -245,20 +247,20 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Preposition -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ; -- plain infinitive: "je veux parler"
|
||||
deVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'essaie de parler"
|
||||
aVV : V -> VV ; -- "j'arrive à parler"
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Preposition -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Preposition -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Preposition -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Preposition -> Preposition -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> Prep -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -269,11 +271,11 @@ oper
|
||||
AS, A2S, AV, A2V : Type ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--.
|
||||
--2 The definitions of the paradigms
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The definitions should not bother the user of the API. So they are
|
||||
-- hidden from the document.
|
||||
--.
|
||||
|
||||
Gender = MorphoSpa.Gender ;
|
||||
Number = MorphoSpa.Number ;
|
||||
@@ -282,11 +284,11 @@ oper
|
||||
singular = Sg ;
|
||||
plural = Pl ;
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition = Compl ;
|
||||
Prep = Compl ;
|
||||
accusative = complAcc ;
|
||||
genitive = complGen ;
|
||||
dative = complDat ;
|
||||
mkPreposition p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; c = Acc ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mkN x y g = mkNounIrreg x y g ** {lock_N = <>} ;
|
||||
@@ -301,6 +303,7 @@ oper
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPN x g = {s = x ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN x = mkPN x masculine ;
|
||||
mkNP x g n = {s = (pn2np (mkPN x g)).s; a = agrP3 g n ; hasClit = False} ** {lock_NP = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA a b c d e =
|
||||
|
||||
7
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/Spanish.gf
Normal file
7
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/Spanish.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
--# -path=.:../romance:../abstract:../common:prelude
|
||||
|
||||
concrete Spanish of SpanishAbs =
|
||||
LangSpa,
|
||||
-- IrregSpa,
|
||||
ExtraSpa
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
5
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/SpanishAbs.gf
Normal file
5
lib/resource-1.0/spanish/SpanishAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
abstract SpanishAbs =
|
||||
Lang,
|
||||
-- IrregSpaAbs,
|
||||
ExtraSpaAbs
|
||||
** {} ;
|
||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ concrete StructuralSpa of Structural = CatSpa **
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
|
||||
above_Prep = mkPreposition "sobre" ;
|
||||
above_Prep = mkPrep "sobre" ;
|
||||
after_Prep = {s = ["despues"] ; c = MorphoSpa.genitive ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
all_Predet = {
|
||||
s = \\a,c => prepCase c ++ aagrForms "todo" "toda" "todos" "todas" ! a ;
|
||||
@@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ lin
|
||||
because_Subj = ss "porque" ** {m = Indic} ;
|
||||
before_Prep = {s = "antes" ; c = MorphoSpa.genitive ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
behind_Prep = {s = "detrás" ; c = MorphoSpa.genitive ; isDir = False} ;
|
||||
between_Prep = mkPreposition "entre" ;
|
||||
between_Prep = mkPrep "entre" ;
|
||||
both7and_DConj = {s1,s2 = etConj.s ; n = Pl} ;
|
||||
but_PConj = ss "pero" ;
|
||||
by8agent_Prep = mkPreposition "por" ;
|
||||
by8means_Prep = mkPreposition "por" ;
|
||||
by8agent_Prep = mkPrep "por" ;
|
||||
by8means_Prep = mkPrep "por" ;
|
||||
can8know_VV = mkVV (verboV (saber_71 "saber")) ;
|
||||
can_VV = mkVV (verboV (poder_58 "poder")) ;
|
||||
during_Prep = mkPreposition "durante" ; ----
|
||||
during_Prep = mkPrep "durante" ; ----
|
||||
either7or_DConj = {s1,s2 = "o" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
everybody_NP = mkNP ["todos"] Masc Pl ;
|
||||
every_Det = {s = \\_,_ => "cada" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ lin
|
||||
"yo" "me" "me" "mí"
|
||||
"mi" "mi" "mis" "mis"
|
||||
Fem Sg P1 ;
|
||||
in_Prep = mkPreposition "en" ;
|
||||
in_Prep = mkPrep "en" ;
|
||||
it_Pron =
|
||||
mkPronoun
|
||||
"el" "lo" "le" "él"
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ lin
|
||||
much_Det = {s = \\g,c => prepCase c ++ genForms "mucho" "mucha" ! g ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
must_VV = mkVV (verboV (deber_6 "deber")) ;
|
||||
no_Phr = ss "no" ;
|
||||
on_Prep = mkPreposition "sobre" ;
|
||||
on_Prep = mkPrep "sobre" ;
|
||||
one_Quant = {s = \\g,c => prepCase c ++ genForms "uno" "una" ! g} ;
|
||||
only_Predet = {s = \\_,c => prepCase c ++ "solamente" ; c = Nom} ;
|
||||
or_Conj = {s = "o" ; n = Sg} ;
|
||||
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ lin
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
this_NP = pn2np (mkPN ["esto"] Masc) ;
|
||||
those_NP = mkNP ["esas"] Fem Pl ;
|
||||
through_Prep = mkPreposition "por" ;
|
||||
through_Prep = mkPrep "por" ;
|
||||
too_AdA = ss "demasiado" ;
|
||||
to_Prep = complDat ;
|
||||
under_Prep = mkPreposition "bajo" ;
|
||||
under_Prep = mkPrep "bajo" ;
|
||||
very_AdA = ss "muy" ;
|
||||
want_VV = mkVV (verboV (querer_64 "querer")) ;
|
||||
we_Pron =
|
||||
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ lin
|
||||
whoPl_IP = {s = \\c => prepCase c ++ "quién" ; a = aagr Fem Pl} ;
|
||||
whoSg_IP = {s = \\c => prepCase c ++ "quién" ; a = aagr Fem Sg} ;
|
||||
why_IAdv = ss "porqué" ;
|
||||
without_Prep = mkPreposition "sin" ;
|
||||
with_Prep = mkPreposition "con" ;
|
||||
without_Prep = mkPrep "sin" ;
|
||||
with_Prep = mkPrep "con" ;
|
||||
yes_Phr = ss "sí" ;
|
||||
youSg_Pron = mkPronoun
|
||||
"tu" "te" "te" "tí"
|
||||
|
||||
7
lib/resource-1.0/swedish/ExtraSweAbs.gf
Normal file
7
lib/resource-1.0/swedish/ExtraSweAbs.gf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
-- Structures special for Swedish. These are not implemented in other
|
||||
-- Scandinavian languages.
|
||||
|
||||
abstract ExtraSweAbs = ExtraScandAbs ** {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ flags
|
||||
|
||||
lin
|
||||
airplane_N = regGenN "flygplan" neutrum ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svarar") "till" ;
|
||||
answer_V2S = mkV2S (regV "svarar") (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
apartment_N = mk2N "lägenhet" "lägenheter" ;
|
||||
apple_N = regGenN "äpple" neutrum ;
|
||||
art_N = mk2N "konst" "konster" ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q (regV "frågar") [] ;
|
||||
ask_V2Q = mkV2Q (regV "frågar") noPrep ;
|
||||
baby_N = regGenN "bebis" utrum ;
|
||||
bad_A = irregA "dålig" "sämre" "sämst";
|
||||
bank_N = mk2N "bank" "banker" ;
|
||||
beautiful_A = mk3A "vacker" "vackert" "vackra" ;
|
||||
become_VA = mkVA (mkV "bli" "blir""bli" "blev" "blivit" "bliven") ;
|
||||
beer_N = regGenN "öl" neutrum ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V (mkV "be" "ber""be" "blad" "bett" "bedd") [] "att" ;
|
||||
beg_V2V = mkV2V (mkV "be" "ber""be" "blad" "bett" "bedd") noPrep (mkPrep "att") ;
|
||||
big_A = irregA "stor" "större" "störst";
|
||||
bike_N = mk2N "cykel" "cyklar" ;
|
||||
bird_N = mk2N "fågel" "fåglar" ;
|
||||
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ lin
|
||||
bread_N = regGenN "bröd" neutrum ;
|
||||
break_V2 = dirV2 (partV (mkV "slå" "slår" "slå" "slog" "slagit" "slagen") "sönder") ;
|
||||
broad_A = mk2A "bred" "brett" ;
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 ((mkN "bror" "brodern" "bröder" "bröderna")) "till" ;
|
||||
brother_N2 = mkN2 ((mkN "bror" "brodern" "bröder" "bröderna")) (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
brown_A = regA "brun" ;
|
||||
butter_N = regGenN "smör" neutrum ;
|
||||
buy_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "köpa" "köpte") ;
|
||||
@@ -59,18 +59,18 @@ lin
|
||||
cousin_N = mk2N "kusin" "kusiner" ;
|
||||
cow_N = mk2N "ko" "kor" ;
|
||||
die_V = (mkV "dö" "dör" "dö" "dog" "dött" "dödd") ; ----
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (mk2N "avstånd" "avstånd") "från" "till" ;
|
||||
distance_N3 = mkN3 (mk2N "avstånd" "avstånd") (mkPrep "från") (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
dirty_A = regA "smutsig" ;
|
||||
doctor_N = mk2N "läkare" "läkare" ;
|
||||
dog_N = regGenN "hund" utrum ;
|
||||
door_N = regGenN "dörr" utrum ;
|
||||
drink_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "dricka" "drack" "druckit") ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (mk2A "lätt" "lätt") "för" ;
|
||||
easy_A2V = mkA2V (mk2A "lätt" "lätt") (mkPrep "för") ;
|
||||
eat_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "äta" "åt" "ätit") ;
|
||||
empty_A = mkA "tom" "tomt" "tomma" "tomma" "tommare" "tommast" "tommaste" ;
|
||||
enemy_N = regGenN "fiende" neutrum ;
|
||||
factory_N = mk2N "fabrik" "fabriker" ;
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ((mkN "far" "fadern" "fäder" "fäderna")) "till" ;
|
||||
father_N2 = mkN2 ((mkN "far" "fadern" "fäder" "fäderna")) (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
fear_VS = mkVS (regV "fruktar") ;
|
||||
find_V2 = dirV2 (irregV "finna" "fann" "funnit") ;
|
||||
fish_N = mk2N "fisk" "fiskar" ;
|
||||
@@ -108,19 +108,19 @@ lin
|
||||
learn_V2 = dirV2 (reflV (mkV "lära" "lär" "lär" "lärde" "lärt" "lärd")) ;
|
||||
leather_N = mkN "läder" "lädret" "läder" "lädren" ;
|
||||
leave_V2 = dirV2 (regV "lämnar") ;
|
||||
like_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "tycka" "tyckte") "om" ;
|
||||
listen_V2 = mkV2 (regV "lyssnar") "på" ;
|
||||
like_V2 = mkV2 (mk2V "tycka" "tyckte") (mkPrep "om") ;
|
||||
listen_V2 = mkV2 (regV "lyssnar") (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
live_V = (irregV "leva" "levde" "levt") ; ---- ?
|
||||
long_A = irregA "lång" "längre" "längst" ;
|
||||
lose_V2 = dirV2 (regV "förlora") ;
|
||||
love_N = regGenN "kärlek" utrum ;
|
||||
love_V2 = dirV2 (regV "älska") ;
|
||||
man_N = (mkN "man" "mannen" "män" "männen") ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") "med" ;
|
||||
married_A2 = mkA2 (mk2A "gift" "gift") (mkPrep "med") ;
|
||||
meat_N = regGenN "kött" neutrum ;
|
||||
milk_N = regGenN "mjölk" utrum ; ---- -ar?
|
||||
moon_N = regGenN "måne" utrum ;
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "mor" "modern" "mödrar" "mödrarna") "till" ;
|
||||
mother_N2 = mkN2 (mkN "mor" "modern" "mödrar" "mödrarna") (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
mountain_N = regGenN "berg" neutrum ;
|
||||
music_N = mk2N "musik" "musiker" ; ---- er ?
|
||||
narrow_A = regA "smal" ;
|
||||
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ lin
|
||||
oil_N = regGenN "olja" utrum ;
|
||||
old_A = mkA "gammal" "gammalt" "gamla" "gamla" "äldre" "äldst" "äldsta" ;
|
||||
open_V2 = dirV2 (regV "öppna") ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "måla") [] ;
|
||||
paint_V2A = mkV2A (regV "måla") noPrep ;
|
||||
paper_N = mkN "papper" "pappret" "papper" "pappren" ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
paris_PN = regGenPN "Paris" neutrum ;
|
||||
peace_N = regGenN "fred" utrum ; ---- ar?
|
||||
pen_N = regGenN "penna" utrum ;
|
||||
planet_N = mk2N "planet" "planeter" ;
|
||||
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ lin
|
||||
sea_N = mkN "sjö" "sjön" "sjöar" "sjöarna" ;
|
||||
seek_V2 = dirV2 (mk2V "söka" "sökte") ;
|
||||
see_V2 = dirV2 (mkV "se" "ser" "se" "såg" "sett" "sedd") ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "sälja" "sålde" "sålt") "till" ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (regV "skicka") "till" ;
|
||||
sell_V3 = dirV3 (irregV "sälja" "sålde" "sålt") (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
send_V3 = dirV3 (regV "skicka") (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
sheep_N = mk2N "får" "får" ;
|
||||
ship_N = regGenN "skepp" neutrum ;
|
||||
shirt_N = regGenN "skjorta" utrum ;
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ lin
|
||||
switch8off_V2 = dirV2 (partV (irregV "stänga" "stängde" "stängt") "av") ;
|
||||
switch8on_V2 = dirV2 (partV (irregV "slå" "slog" "slagit") "på") ;
|
||||
table_N = regGenN "bord" neutrum ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "prata") "till" "om" ;
|
||||
talk_V3 = mkV3 (regV "prata") (mkPrep "till") (mkPrep "om") ;
|
||||
teacher_N = mk2N "lärare" "lärare" ;
|
||||
teach_V2 = dirV2 (regV "undervisa") ;
|
||||
television_N = mk2N "television" "televisioner" ;
|
||||
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@ lin
|
||||
understand_V2 = dirV2 (mkV "förstå" "förstår" "förstå" "förstod" "förstått" "förstådd") ;
|
||||
university_N = regGenN "universitet" neutrum ;
|
||||
village_N = mkN "by" "byn" "byar" "byarna" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vänta") "på" ;
|
||||
wait_V2 = mkV2 (regV "vänta") (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
walk_V = (mkV "gå" "går" "gå" "gick" "gått" "gången") ;
|
||||
warm_A = regA "varm" ;
|
||||
war_N = regGenN "krig" neutrum ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 (regV "titta") "på" ;
|
||||
watch_V2 = mkV2 (regV "titta") (mkPrep "på") ;
|
||||
water_N = mkN "vatten" "vattnet" "vatten" "vattnen" ;
|
||||
white_A = regA "vit" ;
|
||||
window_N = mkN "fönster" "fönstret" "fönster" "fönstren" ;
|
||||
@@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ lin
|
||||
now_Adv = mkAdv "nu" ;
|
||||
already_Adv = mkAdv "redan" ;
|
||||
song_N = mk2N "sång" "sånger" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (partV (irregV "lägga" "lade" "lagt") "till") [] "till" ;
|
||||
add_V3 = mkV3 (partV (irregV "lägga" "lade" "lagt") "till") noPrep (mkPrep "till") ;
|
||||
number_N = mkN "nummer" "numret" "numren" "numren" ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (mkV "sätta" "sätter" "sätt" "satte" "satt" "satt") [] ;
|
||||
put_V2 = mkV2 (mkV "sätta" "sätter" "sätt" "satte" "satt" "satt") noPrep ;
|
||||
stop_V = regV "stanna" ;
|
||||
jump_V = regV "hoppa" ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ lin
|
||||
flow_V = rinna_V ;
|
||||
fly_V = flyga_V ;
|
||||
freeze_V = frysa_V ;
|
||||
give_V3 = dirV3 giva_V "till";
|
||||
give_V3 = dirV3 giva_V (mkPrep "till");
|
||||
hit_V2 = dirV2 (slå_V) ;
|
||||
hold_V2 = dirV2 (hålla_V) ;
|
||||
hunt_V2 = dirV2 (regV "jaga") ;
|
||||
@@ -348,6 +348,7 @@ lin
|
||||
wipe_V2 = dirV2 (regV "torka") ;
|
||||
|
||||
breathe_V = depV (regV "anda") ;
|
||||
fight_V2 = mkV2 (mkV "slåss" "slåss" "slåss" "slogs" "slagits" "slagen") "med" ;
|
||||
fight_V2 =
|
||||
mkV2 (mkV "slåss" "slåss" "slåss" "slogs" "slagits" "slagen") (mkPrep "med") ;
|
||||
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,8 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
-- Prepositions used in many-argument functions are just strings.
|
||||
|
||||
Preposition : Type = Str ;
|
||||
mkPrep : Str -> Prep ;
|
||||
noPrep : Prep ; -- empty string
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Nouns
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Relational nouns ("daughter of x") need a preposition.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Preposition -> N2 ;
|
||||
mkN2 : N -> Prep -> N2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- The most common preposition is "av", and the following is a
|
||||
-- shortcut for regular, $nonhuman$ relational nouns with "av".
|
||||
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Three-place relational nouns ("the connection from x to y") need two prepositions.
|
||||
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Preposition -> Preposition -> N3 ;
|
||||
mkN3 : N -> Prep -> Prep -> N3 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Relational common noun phrases
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +128,8 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Proper names, with a regular genitive, are formed as follows
|
||||
|
||||
regPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ; -- John, John's
|
||||
regGenPN : Str -> Gender -> PN ;
|
||||
regPN : Str -> PN ; -- utrum
|
||||
|
||||
-- Sometimes you can reuse a common noun as a proper name, e.g. "Bank".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -167,7 +169,7 @@ oper
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- Two-place adjectives need a preposition for their second argument.
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Preposition -> A2 ;
|
||||
mkA2 : A -> Prep -> A2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Adverbs
|
||||
@@ -182,12 +184,6 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkAdA : Str -> AdA ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Prepositions
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- A preposition is just a string.
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition : Str -> Preposition ;
|
||||
|
||||
--2 Verbs
|
||||
--
|
||||
-- The worst case needs five forms.
|
||||
@@ -234,7 +230,7 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Two-place verbs need a preposition, except the special case with direct object.
|
||||
-- (transitive verbs). Notice that a particle comes from the $V$.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Preposition -> V2 ;
|
||||
mkV2 : V -> Prep -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
dirV2 : V -> V2 ;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -243,8 +239,8 @@ oper
|
||||
-- Three-place (ditransitive) verbs need two prepositions, of which
|
||||
-- the first one or both can be absent.
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Preposition -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- tala med om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Preposition -> V3 ; -- ge _ till
|
||||
mkV3 : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V3 ; -- tala med om
|
||||
dirV3 : V -> Prep -> V3 ; -- ge _ till
|
||||
dirdirV3 : V -> V3 ; -- ge _ _
|
||||
|
||||
--3 Other complement patterns
|
||||
@@ -254,18 +250,18 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 : V -> V0 ;
|
||||
mkVS : V -> VS ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Str -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkV2S : V -> Prep -> V2S ;
|
||||
mkVV : V -> VV ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Str -> Str -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkV2V : V -> Prep -> Prep -> V2V ;
|
||||
mkVA : V -> VA ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Str -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkV2A : V -> Prep -> V2A ;
|
||||
mkVQ : V -> VQ ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Str -> V2Q ;
|
||||
mkV2Q : V -> Prep -> V2Q ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAS : A -> AS ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Str -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkA2S : A -> Prep -> A2S ;
|
||||
mkAV : A -> AV ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Str -> A2V ;
|
||||
mkA2V : A -> Prep -> A2V ;
|
||||
|
||||
-- Notice: categories $V2S, V2V, V2A, V2Q$ are in v 1.0 treated
|
||||
-- just as synonyms of $V2$, and the second argument is given
|
||||
@@ -292,6 +288,9 @@ oper
|
||||
nominative = Nom ;
|
||||
genitive = Gen ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPrep p = {s = p ; lock_Prep = <>} ;
|
||||
noPrep = mkPrep [] ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkN = \apa,apan,apor,aporna -> {
|
||||
s = nounForms apa apan apor aporna ;
|
||||
g = case last apan of {
|
||||
@@ -381,11 +380,12 @@ oper
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p} ;
|
||||
regN2 n g = mkN2 (regGenN n g) (mkPreposition "av") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p ; c3 = q} ;
|
||||
mkN2 = \n,p -> n ** {lock_N2 = <> ; c2 = p.s} ;
|
||||
regN2 n g = mkN2 (regGenN n g) (mkPrep "av") ;
|
||||
mkN3 = \n,p,q -> n ** {lock_N3 = <> ; c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s} ;
|
||||
|
||||
regPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
regPN n = regGenPN n utrum ;
|
||||
regGenPN n g = {s = \\c => mkCase c n ; g = g} ** {lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
nounPN n = {s = n.s ! singular ! Indef ; g = n.g ; lock_PN = <>} ;
|
||||
mkNP x y n g =
|
||||
{s = table {NPPoss _ => y ; _ => x} ; a = agrP3 g n ; p = P3 ;
|
||||
@@ -413,14 +413,12 @@ oper
|
||||
|
||||
compoundA adj = {s = adj.s ; isComp = True ; lock_A = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkA2 a p = a ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_A2 = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkAdv x = ss x ** {lock_Adv = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdV x = ss x ** {lock_AdV = <>} ;
|
||||
mkAdA x = ss x ** {lock_AdA = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkPreposition p = p ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV = \finna,finner,finn,fann,funnit,funnen ->
|
||||
let
|
||||
funn = ptPretForms funnen ;
|
||||
@@ -489,12 +487,12 @@ oper
|
||||
depV v = {s = v.s ; part = v.part ; vtype = VPass ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
reflV v = {s = v.s ; part = v.part ; vtype = VRefl ; lock_V = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV2 v p = v ** {c2 = p.s ; lock_V2 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV2 v = mkV2 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p ; c3 = q ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v [] p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v [] ;
|
||||
mkV3 v p q = v ** {c2 = p.s ; c3 = q.s ; lock_V3 = <>} ;
|
||||
dirV3 v p = mkV3 v noPrep p ;
|
||||
dirdirV3 v = dirV3 v noPrep ;
|
||||
|
||||
mkV0 v = v ** {lock_V0 = <>} ;
|
||||
mkVS v = v ** {lock_VS = <>} ;
|
||||
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user